1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5  *
6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13  * Copyright 2015	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14  *
15  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18  *
19  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26  *
27  */
28 
29 /*
30  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33  *
34  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38  * can actually be identified and removed.
39  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40  */
41 
42 #include <linux/types.h>
43 
44 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45 
46 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
53 
54 /**
55  * DOC: Station handling
56  *
57  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61  * to.
62  *
63  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64  * capabilities.
65  *
66  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69  *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72  *    time mark it authorized.
73  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76  *
77  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
78  */
79 
80 /**
81  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82  *
83  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87  * for various reasons.
88  *
89  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95  * for doing that.
96  *
97  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100  *
101  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107  *
108  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112  *
113  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114  * below.
115  */
116 
117 /**
118  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119  *
120  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124  *
125  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127  * types there no concurrency is implied.
128  *
129  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132  * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136  *
137  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145  *
146  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147  * interfaces that a given device supports.
148  */
149 
150 /**
151  * DOC: packet coalesce support
152  *
153  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156  * and power consumption.
157  *
158  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161  * following events occur.
162  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166  *
167  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168  * rule.
169  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171  * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172  * Multiple such rules can be created.
173  */
174 
175 /**
176  * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
177  *
178  * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
179  * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
180  * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
181  * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
182  * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
183  * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
184  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
185  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
186  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
187  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
188  * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
189  * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
190  * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
191  * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
192  *
193  * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
194  * below additional parameters to userspace.
195  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
196  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
197  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
198  *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
199  * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
200  * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
201  *
202  * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
203  * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
204  * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
205  * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
206  * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
207  * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
208  * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
209  */
210 
211 /**
212  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
213  *
214  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
215  *
216  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
217  *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
218  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
219  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
220  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
221  *	attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
222  *	monitor mode channel),  %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
223  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
224  *	and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
225  *	However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
226  *	instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
227  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
228  *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
229  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
230  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
231  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
232  *
233  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
234  *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
235  *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
236  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
237  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
238  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
239  *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
240  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
241  *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
242  *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
243  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
244  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
245  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
246  *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
247  *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
248  *
249  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
250  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
251  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
252  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
253  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
254  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
255  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
256  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
257  *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
258  *
259  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
260  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
261  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
262  *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
263  *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
264  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
265  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
266  *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
267  *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
268  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
269  *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
270  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
271  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
272  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
273  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
274  *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
275  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
276  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
277  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
278  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
279  *
280  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
281  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
282  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
283  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
284  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
285  *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
286  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
287  *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
288  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
289  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
290  *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
291  *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
292  *	frame).
293  *
294  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
295  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
296  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
297  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
298  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
299  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
300  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
301  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
302  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
303  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
304  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
305  *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
306  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
307  *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
308  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
309  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
310  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
311  *
312  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
313  *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
314  *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
315  *	global regdomain will be returned.
316  *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
317  *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
318  *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
319  *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
320  *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
321  *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
322  *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
323  *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
324  *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
325  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
326  *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
327  *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
328  *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
329  * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
330  * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
331  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
332  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
333  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
334  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
335  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
336  * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
337  * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
338  *
339  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
340  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
341  *
342  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
343  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
344  *
345  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
346  *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
347  *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
348  *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
349  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
350  *	added to all specified management frames generated by
351  *	kernel/firmware/driver.
352  *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
353  *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
354  *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
355  *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
356  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
357  *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
358  *
359  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
360  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
361  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
362  *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
363  *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
364  *	be used.
365  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
366  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
367  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
368  *	partial scan results may be available
369  *
370  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
371  *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
372  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
373  *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
374  *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
375  *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
376  *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
377  *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
378  *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
379  *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
380  *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
381  *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
382  *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
383  *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
384  *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
385  *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
386  *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
387  *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
388  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
389  *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
390  *	is supplied.
391  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
392  *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
393  *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
394  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
395  *	results available.
396  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
397  *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
398  *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
399  *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
400  *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
401  *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
402  *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
403  *
404  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
405  *      or noise level
406  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
407  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
408  *
409  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
410  *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
411  *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
412  *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
413  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
414  *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
415  *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
416  *	ESS.
417  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
418  *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
419  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
420  *	authentication.
421  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
422  *
423  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
424  * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
425  * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
426  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
427  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
428  * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
429  * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
430  * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
431  * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
432  * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
433  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
434  * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
435  * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
436  * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
437  * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
438  * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
439  * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
440  * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
441  * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
442  * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
443  * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
444  * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
445  * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
446  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
447  * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
448  * 	the beacon hint was processed.
449  *
450  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
451  *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
452  *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
453  *	authentication process.
454  *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
455  *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
456  *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
457  *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
458  *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
459  *	to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
460  *	is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
461  *	define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
462  *	to be added to the frame.
463  *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
464  *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
465  *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
466  *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
467  *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
468  *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
469  *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
470  *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
471  *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
472  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
473  *	pending authentication timed out).
474  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
475  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
476  *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
477  *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
478  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
479  *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
480  *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
481  *	included).
482  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
483  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
484  *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
485  *	primitives).
486  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
487  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
488  *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
489  *
490  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
491  *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
492  *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
493  *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
494  *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
495  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
496  *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
497  *
498  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
499  *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
500  *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
501  *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
502  *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
503  *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
504  *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
505  *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
506  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
507  *	determined by the network interface.
508  *
509  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
510  *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
511  *	to the driver.
512  *
513  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
514  *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
515  *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
516  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
517  *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
518  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
519  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
520  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
521  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
522  *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
523  *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
524  *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
525  *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
526  *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
527  *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
528  *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
529  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
530  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
531  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
532  *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
533  *	a different BSS is desired.
534  *	Background scan period can optionally be
535  *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
536  *	if not specified default background scan configuration
537  *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
538  *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
539  *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
540  *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
541  *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
542  *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
543  *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
544  *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
545  *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
546  *	well to remain backwards compatible.
547  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
548  *	sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
549  *	When used as an event, and the driver roamed in a network that requires
550  *	802.1X authentication, %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED should be set
551  *	if the 802.1X authentication was done by the driver or if roaming was
552  *	done using Fast Transition protocol (in which case 802.1X authentication
553  *	is not needed). If %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED is not set, user space
554  *	is responsible for the 802.1X authentication.
555  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
556  *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
557  *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
558  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
559  *
560  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
561  *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
562  *
563  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
564  *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
565  *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
566  *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
567  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
568  *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
569  *	frequency for the operation.
570  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
571  *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
572  *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
573  *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
574  *	radio).
575  *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
576  *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
577  *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
578  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
579  *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
580  *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
581  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
582  *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
583  *	uniquely identify the request.
584  *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
585  *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
586  *
587  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
588  *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
589  *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
590  *
591  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
592  *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
593  *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
594  *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
595  *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
596  *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
597  *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
598  *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
599  *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
600  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
601  *	backward compatibility
602  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
603  *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
604  *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
605  *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
606  *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
607  *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
608  *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
609  *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
610  *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
611  *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
612  *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
613  *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
614  *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
615  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
616  *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
617  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
618  *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
619  *	is used during CSA period.
620  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
621  *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
622  *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
623  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
624  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
625  *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
626  *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
627  *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
628  *	the frame.
629  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
630  *	backward compatibility.
631  *
632  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
633  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
634  *
635  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
636  *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
637  *	levels.
638  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
639  *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
640  *	reached.
641  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
642  *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
643  *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
644  *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
645  *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
646  *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
647  *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
648  *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
649  *	precedence when they are used.
650  *
651  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
652  *
653  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
654  *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
655  *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
656  *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
657  *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
658  *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
659  *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
660  *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
661  *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
662  *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
663  *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
664  *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
665  *	command, the feature is disabled.
666  *
667  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
668  *	mesh config parameters may be given.
669  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
670  *	network is determined by the network interface.
671  *
672  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
673  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
674  *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
675  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
676  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
677  *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
678  *
679  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
680  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
681  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
682  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
683  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
684  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
685  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
686  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
687  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
688  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
689  *      depending on the authentication result.
690  *
691  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
692  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
693  *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
694  *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
695  *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
696  *	more background information, see
697  *	http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
698  *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
699  *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
700  *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
701  *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
702  *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
703  *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
704  *
705  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
706  *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
707  *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
708  *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
709  *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
710  *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
711  *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
712  *
713  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
714  *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
715  *
716  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
717  *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
718  *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
719  *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
720  *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
721  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
722  *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
723  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
724  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
725  *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
726  *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
727  *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
728  *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
729  *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
730  *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
731  *
732  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
733  *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
734  *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
735  *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
736  *	is received.
737  *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
738  *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
739  *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
740  *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
741  *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
742  *
743  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
744  *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
745  *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
746  *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
747  *
748  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
749  *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
750  *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
751  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
752  *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
753  *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
754  *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
755  *
756  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
757  *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
758  *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
759  *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
760  *
761  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
762  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
763  *
764  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
765  *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
766  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
767  *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
768  *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
769  *	from the remote AP) is completed;
770  *
771  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
772  *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
773  *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
774  *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
775  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
776  *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
777  *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
778  *	interfaces to change channel as well.
779  *
780  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
781  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
782  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
783  *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
784  *	public action frame TX.
785  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
786  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
787  *
788  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
789  *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
790  *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
791  *	is used for this.
792  *
793  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
794  *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
795  *
796  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
797  *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
798  *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
799  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
800  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
801  *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
802  *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
803  *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
804  *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
805  *
806  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
807  *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
808  *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
809  *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
810  *	while operating on this channel.
811  *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
812  *	event.
813  *
814  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
815  *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
816  *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
817  *
818  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
819  *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
820  *
821  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
822  *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
823  *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
824  *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
825  *
826  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
827  *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
828  *	complete.
829  *
830  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
831  *	return back to normal.
832  *
833  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
834  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
835  *
836  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
837  *	the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
838  *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
839  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
840  *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
841  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
842  *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
843  *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
844  *	switch is complete.
845  *
846  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
847  *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
848  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
849  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
850  *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
851  *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
852  *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
853  *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
854  *
855  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
856  *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
857  *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
858  *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
859  *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
860  *
861  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
862  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
863  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
864  *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
865  *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
866  *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
867  *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
868  *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
869  *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
870  *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
871  *	fail even if the check was successful.
872  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
873  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
874  *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
875  *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
876  *
877  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
878  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
879  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
880  *
881  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
882  *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
883  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
884  *	network is determined by the network interface.
885  *
886  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
887  *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
888  *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
889  *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
890  *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
891  *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
892  *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
893  *	AP.
894  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
895  *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
896  *	when this command completes.
897  *
898  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
899  *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
900  *	management.
901  *
902  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
903  *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
904  *	cfg80211_scan_done().
905  *
906  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
907  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been previously
908  *	created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it has been started, the
909  *	NAN interface will create or join a cluster. This command must have a
910  *	valid %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
911  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL attributes.
912  *	After this command NAN functions can be added.
913  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
914  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
915  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
916  *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
917  *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
918  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
919  *	of the function upon success.
920  *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
921  *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
922  *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
923  *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
924  *	which just terminated.
925  *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
926  *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
927  *	the response to this command.
928  *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
929  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
930  *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
931  *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
932  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
933  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN configuration. NAN
934  *	must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed).
935  *	It must contain at least one of the following attributes:
936  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL.
937  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
938  *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
939  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
940  *
941  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
942  *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
943  *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
944  *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
945  *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
946  *
947  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
948  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
949  */
950 enum nl80211_commands {
951 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
952 	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
953 
954 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
955 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
956 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
957 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
958 
959 	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
960 	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
961 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
962 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
963 
964 	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
965 	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
966 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
967 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
968 
969 	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
970 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
971 	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
972 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
973 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
974 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
975 
976 	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
977 	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
978 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
979 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
980 
981 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
982 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
983 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
984 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
985 
986 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
987 
988 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
989 	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
990 
991 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
992 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
993 
994 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
995 
996 	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
997 
998 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
999 	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1000 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1001 	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1002 
1003 	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1004 
1005 	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1006 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1007 	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1008 	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1009 
1010 	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1011 
1012 	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1013 
1014 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1015 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1016 
1017 	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1018 
1019 	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1020 	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1021 	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1022 
1023 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1024 
1025 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1026 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1027 
1028 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1029 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1030 	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1031 
1032 	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1033 	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1034 
1035 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1036 
1037 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1038 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1039 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1040 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1041 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1042 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1043 
1044 	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1045 	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1046 
1047 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1048 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1049 
1050 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1051 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1052 
1053 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1054 
1055 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1056 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1057 
1058 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1059 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1060 
1061 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1062 
1063 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1064 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1065 
1066 	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1067 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1068 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1069 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1070 
1071 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1072 
1073 	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1074 
1075 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1076 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1077 
1078 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1079 
1080 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1081 
1082 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1083 
1084 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1085 
1086 	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1087 
1088 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1089 
1090 	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1091 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1092 
1093 	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1094 
1095 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1096 
1097 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1098 
1099 	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1100 
1101 	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1102 
1103 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1104 	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1105 
1106 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1107 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1108 
1109 	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1110 	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1111 
1112 	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1113 
1114 	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1115 
1116 	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1117 
1118 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1119 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1120 
1121 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1122 
1123 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1124 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1125 
1126 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1127 
1128 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1129 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1130 
1131 	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1132 
1133 	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1134 
1135 	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1136 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1137 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1138 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1139 	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1140 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1141 
1142 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1143 
1144 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1145 
1146 	/* add new commands above here */
1147 
1148 	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1149 	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1150 	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1151 };
1152 
1153 /*
1154  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1155  * here
1156  */
1157 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1158 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1159 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1160 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1161 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1162 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1163 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1164 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1165 
1166 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1167 
1168 /* source-level API compatibility */
1169 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1170 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1171 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1172 
1173 /**
1174  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1175  *
1176  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1177  *
1178  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1179  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1180  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1181  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1182  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1183  *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1184  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1185  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1186  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1187  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1188  *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1189  *	documentation of the enum for more information.
1190  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1191  *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1192  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1193  *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1194  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1195  *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1196  *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1197  *		this attribute)
1198  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1199  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1200  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1201  *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1202  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1203  *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1204  *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1205  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1206  *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1207  *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1208  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1209  *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1210  *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1211  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1212  *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1213  *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1214  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1215  *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1216  *
1217  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1218  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1219  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1220  *
1221  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1222  *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
1223  *
1224  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1225  *
1226  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1227  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1228  *	keys
1229  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1230  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1231  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1232  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1233  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1234  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1235  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1236  *	default management key
1237  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1238  *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1239  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1240  *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1241  *
1242  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1243  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1244  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1245  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1246  *
1247  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1248  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1249  *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1250  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1251  *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1252  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1253  *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1254  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1255  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1256  *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1257  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1258  *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1259  *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1260  *
1261  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1262  *	consisting of a nested array.
1263  *
1264  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1265  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1266  *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1267  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1268  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1269  * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1270  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1271  *
1272  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1273  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1274  *
1275  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1276  * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1277  * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1278  * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1279  * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1280  * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1281  * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1282  * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1283  * 	to a specific alpha2.
1284  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1285  *	rules.
1286  *
1287  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1288  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1289  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1290  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1291  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1292  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1293  *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1294  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1295  *
1296  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1297  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1298  *
1299  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1300  *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1301  *	of the interface mode.
1302  *
1303  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1304  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1305  *
1306  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1307  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1308  *
1309  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1310  *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1311  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1312  *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1313  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1314  *	that can be added to a scan request
1315  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1316  *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1317  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1318  *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1319  *
1320  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1321  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1322  *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1323  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1324  *
1325  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1326  * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1327  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1328  * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1329  *
1330  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1331  *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1332  *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1333  *
1334  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1335  *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1336  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1337  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1338  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1339  *	represented as a u32
1340  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1341  *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1342  *
1343  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1344  *	a u32
1345  *
1346  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1347  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1348  * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1349  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1350  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1351  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1352  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1353  * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1354  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1355  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1356  *
1357  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1358  *	cipher suites
1359  *
1360  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1361  *	for other networks on different channels
1362  *
1363  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1364  *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1365  *
1366  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1367  *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1368  *	this attribute can be used
1369  *	with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
1370  *
1371  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1372  *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1373  *
1374  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1375  *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1376  *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1377  *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1378  *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1379  *	default in station mode.
1380  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1381  *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1382  *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1383  *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1384  *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1385  *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1386  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1387  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1388  *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1389  *
1390  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1391  *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1392  *
1393  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1394  *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1395  *	a local disconnect request.
1396  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1397  *	event (u16)
1398  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1399  *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1400  *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1401  *
1402  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1403  *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1404  *	(an array of u32).
1405  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1406  *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1407  *	u32).
1408  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1409  *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1410  *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1411  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1412  *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1413  *
1414  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1415  *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1416  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1417  *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1418  *
1419  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1420  *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1421  *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1422  *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1423  *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1424  *
1425  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1426  *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1427  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1428  *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1429  *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1430  *
1431  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1432  *
1433  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1434  *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1435  *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1436  *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1437  *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1438  *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1439  *	completely from scratch.
1440  *
1441  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1442  *
1443  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1444  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1445  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1446  *
1447  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1448  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1449  *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
1450  *
1451  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1452  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1453  *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1454  *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1455  *
1456  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1457  *
1458  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1459  *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1460  *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1461  *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1462  *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1463  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1464  *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1465  *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1466  *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1467  *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1468  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1469  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1470  *
1471  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1472  *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1473  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1474  *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1475  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1476  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1477  *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1478  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1479  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1480  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1481  *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1482  *
1483  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1484  *	acknowledged by the recipient.
1485  *
1486  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1487  *
1488  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1489  *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1490  *
1491  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1492  *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1493  *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1494  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1495  *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1496  *
1497  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1498  *	connected to this BSS.
1499  *
1500  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1501  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1502  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1503  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1504  *      for non-automatic settings.
1505  *
1506  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1507  *	means support for per-station GTKs.
1508  *
1509  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1510  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1511  *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1512  *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1513  *
1514  *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1515  *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1516  *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1517  *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1518  *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1519  *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1520  *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1521  *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1522  *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1523  *	support by returning -EINVAL.
1524  *
1525  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1526  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1527  *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1528  *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1529  *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1530  *
1531  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1532  *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1533  *
1534  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1535  *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1536  *
1537  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1538  *
1539  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1540  *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1541  *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1542  *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1543  *	nl80211 capability flag.
1544  *
1545  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1546  *
1547  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1548  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1549  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1550  *
1551  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1552  *	changed once the mesh is active.
1553  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1554  *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1555  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1556  *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1557  *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1558  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1559  *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1560  *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1561  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1562  *
1563  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1564  *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1565  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1566  *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1567  *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1568  *	triggers.
1569  *
1570  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1571  *	cycles, in msecs.
1572  *
1573  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1574  *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1575  *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1576  *	pass-thru filter rules.
1577  *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1578  *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1579  *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1580  *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1581  *	able to ignore them by itself.
1582  *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1583  *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1584  *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1585  *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1586  *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1587  *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1588  *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1589  *	If ommited, no filtering is done.
1590  *
1591  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1592  *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1593  *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1594  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1595  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1596  *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1597  *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1598  *
1599  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1600  *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1601  *
1602  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1603  *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1604  *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1605  *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1606  *
1607  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1608  *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1609  *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1610  *
1611  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1612  *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1613  *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1614  *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1615  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1616  *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1617  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1618  *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1619  *	(Re)Association Request frames.
1620  *
1621  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1622  *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1623  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1624  *	as AP.
1625  *
1626  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1627  *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1628  *
1629  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1630  *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1631  *
1632  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1633  *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1634  *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1635  *	applications use this attribute.
1636  *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1637  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1638  *
1639  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1640  *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1641  *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1642  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1643  *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
1644  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1645  *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1646  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1647  *	as a TDLS peer sta.
1648  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1649  *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1650  *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1651  *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1652  *
1653  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1654  *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1655  *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1656  *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1657  *
1658  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1659  *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1660  *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1661  *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1662  *
1663  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1664  *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1665  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1666  *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
1667  *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1668  *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1669  *
1670  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1671  *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1672  *	to be filled by the FW.
1673  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT:  Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1674  *      this feature.  Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1675  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1676  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1677  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1678  *      The values that may be configured are:
1679  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1680  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1681  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1682  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
1683  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1684  *
1685  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1686  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1687  *    to one DFS region.
1688  *
1689  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1690  *      up to 16 TIDs.
1691  *
1692  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1693  *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1694  *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1695  *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1696  *	capability to timeout the stations.
1697  *
1698  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1699  *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1700  *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1701  *
1702  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1703  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
1704  *
1705  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1706  *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1707  *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1708  *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1709  *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1710  *
1711  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1712  *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1713  *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1714  *
1715  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1716  *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1717  *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1718  *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1719  *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1720  *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1721  *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1722  *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1723  *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1724  *	consistent.
1725  *
1726  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1727  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1728  *
1729  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1730  *
1731  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1732  *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1733  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1734  *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1735  *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1736  *	no change is made.
1737  *
1738  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1739  *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1740  *
1741  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1742  *	carried in a u32 attribute
1743  *
1744  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1745  *	MAC ACL.
1746  *
1747  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1748  *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1749  *	ACL.
1750  *
1751  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1752  *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1753  *
1754  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1755  *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1756  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1757  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1758  *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1759  *
1760  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1761  *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1762  *
1763  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1764  *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1765  *	and PU-APSD.
1766  *
1767  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1768  *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1769  *
1770  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1771  *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1772  *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
1773  *
1774  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1775  *
1776  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1777  *	Element
1778  *
1779  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1780  *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1781  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1782  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1783  *
1784  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1785  *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1786  *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1787  *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1788  *
1789  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1790  *
1791  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1792  *	until the channel switch event.
1793  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1794  *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1795  *	operation).
1796  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1797  *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
1798  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1799  *	switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1800  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1801  *	switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1802  *
1803  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1804  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1805  *
1806  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1807  *
1808  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1809  *      supported operating classes.
1810  *
1811  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1812  *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1813  *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1814  *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1815  *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1816  *	IBSS network.
1817  *
1818  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1819  *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1820  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1821  *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1822  *
1823  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1824  *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
1825  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION; u8 attribute.
1826  *
1827  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1828  *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1829  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1830  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1831  *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1832  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1833  *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
1834  *
1835  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1836  *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1837  *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1838  *
1839  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1840  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1841  *
1842  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1843  *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1844  *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1845  *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1846  *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1847  *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1848  *
1849  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1850  *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1851  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1852  *	supported number of csa counters.
1853  *
1854  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1855  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1856  *
1857  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
1858  *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
1859  *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1860  *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1861  *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1862  *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
1863  *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1864  *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1865  *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1866  *	cleared when the socket is closed.
1867  *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1868  *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, only
1869  *	the netlink socket that created the interface will be allowed to add
1870  *	and remove functions. NAN notifications will be sent in unicast to that
1871  *	socket. Without this attribute, any socket can add functions and the
1872  *	notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN multicast group.
1873  *
1874  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1875  *	the TDLS link initiator.
1876  *
1877  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1878  *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1879  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1880  *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1881  *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1882  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1883  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
1884  *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1885  *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
1886  *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1887  *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1888  *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1889  *
1890  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1891  *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1892  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1893  *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1894  *	setting valid value for coverage class.
1895  *
1896  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1897  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1898  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1899  *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
1900  *
1901  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1902  *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1903  *
1904  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1905  *
1906  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1907  *
1908  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1909  *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1910  *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1911  *	cfg80211 regdomain.
1912  *
1913  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1914  *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1915  *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1916  *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1917  *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1918  *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
1919  *
1920  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1921  *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1922  *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1923  *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1924  *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1925  *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1926  *	over all channels.
1927  *
1928  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
1929  *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1930  *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1931  *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
1932 
1933  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1934  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
1935  *
1936  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1937  *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1938  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
1939  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1940  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
1941  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1942  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
1943  *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
1944  *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
1945  *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
1946  *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
1947  *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
1948  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
1949  *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
1950  *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
1951  *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
1952  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
1953  *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
1954  *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
1955  *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1956  *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
1957  *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
1958  *
1959  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
1960  *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
1961  *
1962  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
1963  *
1964  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
1965  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
1966  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
1967  *	interface type.
1968  *
1969  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
1970  *	groupID for monitor mode.
1971  *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
1972  *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
1973  *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
1974  *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
1975  *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
1976  *	each group.
1977  *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
1978  *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
1979  *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
1980  *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
1981  *	groupID data.
1982  *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
1983  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
1984  *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
1985  *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
1986  *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
1987  *
1988  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
1989  *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
1990  *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
1991  *	attribute must not be included).
1992  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
1993  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
1994  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
1995  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
1996  *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
1997  *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
1998  *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
1999  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2000  *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2001  *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2002  *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2003  *
2004  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2005  *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2006  *
2007  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2008  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2009  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2010  *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2011  *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
2012  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL: NAN dual band operation config (see
2013  *	&enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf). This attribute is used with
2014  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2015  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG.
2016  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2017  *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2018  *	attribute.
2019  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2020  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2021  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2022  *	protection.
2023  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2024  *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2025  *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2026  *
2027  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2028  *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2029  *
2030  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2031  *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2032  *
2033  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2034  *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2035  *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2036  *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2037  *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2038  *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2039  *	unnecessary wakeups.
2040  *
2041  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2042  *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2043  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2044  *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2045  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2046  *
2047  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2048  *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2049  *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2050  *
2051  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2052  *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2053  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2054  *
2055  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2056  *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2057  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2058  *
2059  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2060  *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2061  *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2062  *
2063  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2064  *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2065  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2066  *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2067  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2068  *
2069  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2070  *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2071  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2072  *
2073  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: PMK for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2074  *	This is used with @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2075  * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: flag attribute used in %NL80211_CMD_ROAMED
2076  *	notification indicating that that 802.1X authentication was done by
2077  *	the driver or is not needed (because roaming used the Fast Transition
2078  *	protocol).
2079  *
2080  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2081  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2082  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2083  */
2084 enum nl80211_attrs {
2085 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2086 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2087 
2088 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2089 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2090 
2091 	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2092 	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2093 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2094 
2095 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2096 
2097 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2098 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2099 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2100 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2101 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2102 
2103 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2104 	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2105 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2106 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2107 
2108 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2109 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2110 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2111 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2112 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2113 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2114 
2115 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2116 
2117 	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2118 
2119 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2120 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2121 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2122 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2123 
2124 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2125 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2126 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2127 
2128 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2129 
2130 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2131 
2132 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2133 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2134 
2135 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2136 
2137 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2138 
2139 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2140 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2141 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2142 
2143 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2144 
2145 	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2146 	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2147 
2148 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2149 
2150 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2151 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2152 	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2153 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2154 
2155 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2156 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2157 
2158 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2159 
2160 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2161 	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2162 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2163 	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2164 
2165 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2166 
2167 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2168 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2169 
2170 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2171 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2172 
2173 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2174 
2175 
2176 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2177 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2178 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2179 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2180 
2181 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2182 
2183 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2184 
2185 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2186 
2187 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2188 
2189 	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2190 
2191 	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2192 
2193 	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2194 	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2195 
2196 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2197 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2198 	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2199 	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2200 
2201 	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2202 	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2203 
2204 	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2205 
2206 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2207 	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2208 
2209 	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2210 
2211 	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2212 
2213 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2214 
2215 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2216 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2217 
2218 	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2219 
2220 	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2221 
2222 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2223 
2224 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2225 
2226 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2227 
2228 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2229 
2230 	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2231 
2232 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2233 
2234 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2235 
2236 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2237 
2238 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2239 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2240 
2241 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2242 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2243 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2244 
2245 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2246 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2247 
2248 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2249 
2250 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2251 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2252 
2253 	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2254 
2255 	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2256 
2257 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2258 
2259 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2260 
2261 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2262 
2263 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2264 
2265 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2266 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2267 
2268 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2269 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2270 
2271 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2272 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2273 
2274 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2275 
2276 	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2277 	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2278 
2279 	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2280 
2281 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2282 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2283 
2284 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2285 
2286 	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2287 
2288 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2289 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2290 
2291 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2292 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2293 
2294 	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2295 
2296 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2297 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2298 
2299 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2300 
2301 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2302 
2303 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2304 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2305 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2306 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2307 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2308 
2309 	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2310 
2311 	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2312 
2313 	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2314 
2315 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2316 
2317 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2318 
2319 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2320 
2321 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2322 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2323 
2324 	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2325 
2326 	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2327 
2328 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2329 
2330 	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2331 
2332 	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2333 
2334 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2335 
2336 	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2337 
2338 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2339 
2340 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2341 
2342 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2343 
2344 	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2345 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2346 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2347 
2348 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2349 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2350 
2351 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2352 
2353 	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2354 
2355 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2356 
2357 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2358 
2359 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2360 
2361 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2362 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2363 
2364 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2365 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2366 
2367 	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2368 	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2369 
2370 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2371 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2372 
2373 	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2374 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2375 
2376 	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2377 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2378 
2379 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2380 
2381 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2382 
2383 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2384 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2385 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2386 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2387 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2388 
2389 	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2390 
2391 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2392 
2393 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2394 
2395 	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2396 
2397 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2398 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2399 
2400 	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2401 
2402 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2403 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2404 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2405 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2406 
2407 	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2408 
2409 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2410 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2411 
2412 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2413 
2414 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2415 
2416 	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2417 
2418 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2419 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2420 
2421 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2422 
2423 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2424 
2425 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2426 
2427 	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2428 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2429 	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2430 
2431 	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2432 
2433 	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2434 
2435 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2436 
2437 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2438 
2439 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2440 
2441 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2442 
2443 	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2444 
2445 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2446 
2447 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2448 
2449 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2450 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2451 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2452 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2453 
2454 	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2455 
2456 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2457 
2458 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2459 
2460 	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2461 
2462 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2463 
2464 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2465 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2466 
2467 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2468 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2469 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2470 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2471 
2472 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2473 
2474 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2475 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL,
2476 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2477 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2478 
2479 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2480 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2481 
2482 	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2483 
2484 	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2485 
2486 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2487 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2488 
2489 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2490 
2491 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2492 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2493 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2494 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2495 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2496 
2497 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2498 
2499 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2500 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2501 
2502 	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2503 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2504 	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2505 
2506 	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2507 
2508 	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2509 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2510 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2511 };
2512 
2513 /* source-level API compatibility */
2514 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2515 #define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2516 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2517 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2518 
2519 /*
2520  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2521  * here
2522  */
2523 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2524 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2525 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2526 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2527 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2528 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2529 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2530 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2531 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2532 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2533 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2534 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2535 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2536 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2537 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2538 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2539 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2540 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2541 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2542 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2543 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2544 
2545 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
2546 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
2547 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		64
2548 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
2549 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
2550 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
2551 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
2552 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
2553 
2554 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
2555 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
2556 
2557 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
2558 
2559 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2560 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
2561 
2562 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
2563 
2564 /**
2565  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2566  *
2567  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2568  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2569  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2570  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2571  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2572  *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2573  *	AP type interface.
2574  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2575  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2576  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2577  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2578  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2579  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2580  *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2581  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2582  *	commands to create and destroy one
2583  * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2584  *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2585  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2586  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2587  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2588  *
2589  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2590  * to set the type of an interface.
2591  *
2592  */
2593 enum nl80211_iftype {
2594 	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2595 	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2596 	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2597 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2598 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2599 	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2600 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2601 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2602 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2603 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2604 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2605 	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2606 	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2607 
2608 	/* keep last */
2609 	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2610 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2611 };
2612 
2613 /**
2614  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2615  *
2616  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2617  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2618  *
2619  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2620  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2621  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2622  *	with short barker preamble
2623  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2624  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2625  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2626  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2627  *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2628  *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2629  *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2630  *	as errors.)
2631  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2632  *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2633  *	previously added station into associated state
2634  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2635  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2636  */
2637 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2638 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2639 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2640 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2641 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2642 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2643 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2644 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2645 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2646 
2647 	/* keep last */
2648 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2649 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2650 };
2651 
2652 /**
2653  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2654  *
2655  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2656  * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2657  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2658  */
2659 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2660 	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2661 	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2662 
2663 	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2664 };
2665 
2666 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2667 
2668 /**
2669  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2670  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2671  * @set: which values to set them to
2672  *
2673  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2674  */
2675 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2676 	__u32 mask;
2677 	__u32 set;
2678 } __attribute__((packed));
2679 
2680 /**
2681  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2682  *
2683  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2684  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2685  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2686  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2687  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2688  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2689  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2690  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2691  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2692  *
2693  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2694  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2695  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2696  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2697  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2698  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2699  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2700  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2701  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2702  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2703  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2704  *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2705  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2706  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2707  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2708  *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
2709  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2710  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2711  *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
2712  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2713  */
2714 enum nl80211_rate_info {
2715 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2716 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2717 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2718 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2719 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2720 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2721 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2722 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2723 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2724 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2725 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
2726 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2727 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
2728 
2729 	/* keep last */
2730 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2731 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2732 };
2733 
2734 /**
2735  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2736  *
2737  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2738  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2739  *
2740  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2741  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2742  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
2743  *	(flag)
2744  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
2745  *	(flag)
2746  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2747  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2748  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2749  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2750  */
2751 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2752 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2753 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2754 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2755 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2756 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2757 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2758 
2759 	/* keep last */
2760 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2761 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2762 };
2763 
2764 /**
2765  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2766  *
2767  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2768  * when getting information about a station.
2769  *
2770  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2771  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
2772  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2773  *	(u32, from this station)
2774  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2775  *	(u32, to this station)
2776  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2777  *	(u64, from this station)
2778  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2779  *	(u64, to this station)
2780  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2781  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2782  * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
2783  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2784  *	(u32, from this station)
2785  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2786  *	(u32, to this station)
2787  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2788  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2789  *	(u32, to this station)
2790  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2791  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2792  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2793  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2794  *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2795  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2796  *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2797  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2798  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2799  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2800  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2801  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2802  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2803  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2804  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2805  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2806  *	non-peer STA
2807  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2808  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2809  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2810  *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
2811  * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2812  *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
2813  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2814  *	(u64)
2815  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2816  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2817  *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2818  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2819  *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2820  *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2821  *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2822  *	attributes carrying the actual values.
2823  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2824  *	received from the station (u64, usec)
2825  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2826  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2827  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
2828  */
2829 enum nl80211_sta_info {
2830 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2831 	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2832 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2833 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2834 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2835 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2836 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2837 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2838 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2839 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2840 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2841 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2842 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2843 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
2844 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2845 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2846 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2847 	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
2848 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
2849 	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
2850 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2851 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2852 	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2853 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2854 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
2855 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2856 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
2857 	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
2858 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2859 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2860 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2861 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
2862 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2863 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
2864 
2865 	/* keep last */
2866 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2867 	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2868 };
2869 
2870 /**
2871  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2872  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2873  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2874  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2875  *	attempted to transmit; u64)
2876  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2877  *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2878  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2879  *	MSDUs (u64)
2880  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2881  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2882  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2883  */
2884 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2885 	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2886 	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2887 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2888 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2889 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
2890 	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
2891 
2892 	/* keep last */
2893 	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2894 	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2895 };
2896 
2897 /**
2898  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2899  *
2900  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2901  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2902  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2903  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2904  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2905  */
2906 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2907 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
2908 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
2909 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
2910 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
2911 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
2912 };
2913 
2914 /**
2915  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2916  *
2917  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2918  * information about a mesh path.
2919  *
2920  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2921  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2922  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2923  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2924  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2925  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2926  * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2927  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2928  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2929  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2930  *	currently defind
2931  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2932  */
2933 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2934 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2935 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
2936 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
2937 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
2938 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
2939 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
2940 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
2941 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
2942 
2943 	/* keep last */
2944 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2945 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2946 };
2947 
2948 /**
2949  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
2950  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2951  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
2952  *	an array of nested frequency attributes
2953  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
2954  *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
2955  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2956  *	defined in 802.11n
2957  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2958  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
2959  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
2960  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2961  *	defined in 802.11ac
2962  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2963  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
2964  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2965  */
2966 enum nl80211_band_attr {
2967 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
2968 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
2969 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
2970 
2971 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
2972 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
2973 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
2974 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
2975 
2976 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
2977 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
2978 
2979 	/* keep last */
2980 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2981 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2982 };
2983 
2984 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
2985 
2986 /**
2987  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
2988  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2989  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
2990  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
2991  *	regulatory domain.
2992  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
2993  * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
2994  * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
2995  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
2996  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2997  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
2998  *	(100 * dBm).
2999  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3000  *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3001  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3002  *	this channel is in this DFS state.
3003  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3004  *	channel as the control channel
3005  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3006  *	channel as the control channel
3007  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3008  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3009  *	this includes 80+80 channels
3010  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3011  *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3012  *	isn't possible
3013  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3014  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3015  *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3016  *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3017  *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3018  *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3019  *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3020  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3021  *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3022  *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3023  *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3024  *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3025  *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3026  *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3027  *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3028  *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3029  *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3030  *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3031  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3032  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3033  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3034  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3035  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3036  *	currently defined
3037  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3038  *
3039  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3040  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3041  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3042  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3043  */
3044 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3045 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3046 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3047 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3048 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3049 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3050 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3051 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3052 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3053 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3054 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3055 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3056 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3057 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3058 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3059 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3060 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3061 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3062 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3063 
3064 	/* keep last */
3065 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3066 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3067 };
3068 
3069 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3070 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3071 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3072 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3073 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3074 					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3075 
3076 /**
3077  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3078  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3079  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3080  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3081  *	in 2.4 GHz band.
3082  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3083  *	currently defined
3084  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3085  */
3086 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3087 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3088 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3089 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3090 
3091 	/* keep last */
3092 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3093 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3094 };
3095 
3096 /**
3097  * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3098  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3099  * 	regulatory domain.
3100  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3101  * 	regulatory domain.
3102  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3103  * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3104  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3105  * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3106  * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3107  *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3108  *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3109  *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3110  *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3111  */
3112 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3113 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3114 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3115 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3116 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3117 };
3118 
3119 /**
3120  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3121  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3122  *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3123  *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3124  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3125  * 	domain.
3126  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3127  * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3128  * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3129  * 	them to be applied.
3130  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3131  *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3132  *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3133  *	domain request to be processed.
3134  */
3135 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3136 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3137 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3138 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3139 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3140 };
3141 
3142 /**
3143  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3144  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3145  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3146  * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3147  * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3148  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3149  * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3150  * 	band edge.
3151  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3152  * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3153  * 	band edge.
3154  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3155  *	frequency range, in KHz.
3156  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3157  * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3158  * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
3159  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3160  * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3161  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3162  *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3163  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3164  *	currently defined
3165  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3166  */
3167 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3168 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3169 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3170 
3171 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3172 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3173 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3174 
3175 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3176 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3177 
3178 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3179 
3180 	/* keep last */
3181 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3182 	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3183 };
3184 
3185 /**
3186  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3187  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3188  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3189  *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
3190  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3191  *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3192  *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3193  *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3194  *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3195  *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3196  *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3197  *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3198  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3199  *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3200  *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
3201  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3202  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3203  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3204  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3205  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3206  *	attribute number currently defined
3207  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3208  */
3209 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3210 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3211 
3212 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3213 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3214 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3215 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3216 
3217 	/* keep last */
3218 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3219 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3220 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3221 };
3222 
3223 /* only for backward compatibility */
3224 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3225 
3226 /**
3227  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3228  *
3229  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3230  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3231  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3232  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3233  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3234  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3235  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3236  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3237  * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3238  * 	beaconing.
3239  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3240  *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3241  *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3242  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3243  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3244  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3245  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3246  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3247  */
3248 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3249 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
3250 	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
3251 	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
3252 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
3253 	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
3254 	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
3255 	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
3256 	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
3257 	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
3258 	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
3259 	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
3260 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
3261 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
3262 	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
3263 	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
3264 };
3265 
3266 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3267 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3268 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3269 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3270 					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3271 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3272 
3273 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3274 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3275 
3276 /**
3277  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3278  *
3279  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3280  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3281  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3282  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3283  */
3284 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3285 	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
3286 	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
3287 	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
3288 	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
3289 };
3290 
3291 /**
3292  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3293  *
3294  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3295  *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
3296  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3297  *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3298  *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3299  *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3300  *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3301  *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3302  *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
3303  *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3304  *	supported feature.
3305  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3306  *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3307  */
3308 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3309 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
3310 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3311 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
3312 };
3313 
3314 /**
3315  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3316  *
3317  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3318  * when getting information about a survey.
3319  *
3320  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3321  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3322  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3323  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3324  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3325  *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
3326  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3327  *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3328  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3329  *	channel was sensed busy
3330  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3331  *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
3332  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3333  *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3334  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3335  *	(on this channel or globally)
3336  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3337  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3338  *	currently defined
3339  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3340  */
3341 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3342 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3343 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3344 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3345 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3346 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3347 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3348 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3349 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3350 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3351 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3352 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3353 
3354 	/* keep last */
3355 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3356 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3357 };
3358 
3359 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3360 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3361 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3362 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3363 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3364 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3365 
3366 /**
3367  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3368  *
3369  * Monitor configuration flags.
3370  *
3371  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3372  *
3373  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3374  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3375  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3376  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3377  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3378  *	overrides all other flags.
3379  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3380  *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3381  *
3382  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3383  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3384  */
3385 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3386 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3387 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3388 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3389 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3390 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3391 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3392 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3393 
3394 	/* keep last */
3395 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3396 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3397 };
3398 
3399 /**
3400  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3401  *
3402  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3403  *	not known or has not been set yet.
3404  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3405  *	in Awake state all the time.
3406  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3407  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3408  *	neighbor's beacons.
3409  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3410  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3411  *	for neighbor's beacons.
3412  *
3413  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3414  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3415  */
3416 
3417 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3418 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3419 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3420 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3421 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3422 
3423 	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3424 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3425 };
3426 
3427 /**
3428  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3429  *
3430  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3431  * active.
3432  *
3433  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3434  *
3435  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3436  *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3437  *
3438  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3439  *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3440  *
3441  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3442  *	millisecond units
3443  *
3444  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3445  *	on this mesh interface
3446  *
3447  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3448  *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3449  *	mesh
3450  *
3451  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3452  *	point.
3453  *
3454  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3455  *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3456  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3457  *	set.
3458  *
3459  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3460  *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3461  *	target)
3462  *
3463  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3464  *	(in milliseconds)
3465  *
3466  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3467  *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3468  *
3469  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3470  *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3471  *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3472  *
3473  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3474  *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3475  *	reference element
3476  *
3477  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3478  *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3479  *	mesh
3480  *
3481  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3482  *
3483  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3484  *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
3485  *
3486  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
3487  *	root announcements are transmitted.
3488  *
3489  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3490  *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
3491  *	Announcement frames.
3492  *
3493  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3494  *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3495  *	PERR element.
3496  *
3497  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3498  *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3499  *
3500  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3501  *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3502  *	a peer link.
3503  *
3504  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3505  *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3506  *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
3507  *
3508  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3509  *
3510  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3511  *
3512  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3513  *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3514  *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3515  *
3516  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3517  *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3518  *
3519  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3520  *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3521  *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3522  *
3523  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3524  *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3525  *
3526  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3527  *
3528  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3529  *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3530  *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3531  *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3532  *
3533  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3534  */
3535 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3536 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3537 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3538 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3539 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3540 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3541 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3542 	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3543 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3544 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3545 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3546 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3547 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3548 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3549 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3550 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3551 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3552 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3553 	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3554 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3555 	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3556 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3557 	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3558 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3559 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3560 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3561 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3562 	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3563 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
3564 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
3565 
3566 	/* keep last */
3567 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3568 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3569 };
3570 
3571 /**
3572  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3573  *
3574  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3575  * changed while the mesh is active.
3576  *
3577  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3578  *
3579  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3580  *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3581  *	default HWMP.
3582  *
3583  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3584  *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3585  *	metric.
3586  *
3587  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3588  *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3589  *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3590  *	metrics in use.
3591  *
3592  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3593  *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3594  *
3595  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3596  *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
3597  *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3598  *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3599  *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3600  *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3601  *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3602  *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3603  *	userspace daemon.
3604  *
3605  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3606  *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3607  *	neighbor offset synchronization
3608  *
3609  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3610  *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3611  *
3612  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3613  *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3614  *	Default is no authentication method required.
3615  *
3616  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3617  *
3618  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3619  */
3620 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3621 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3622 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3623 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3624 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3625 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3626 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3627 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3628 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
3629 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
3630 
3631 	/* keep last */
3632 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3633 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3634 };
3635 
3636 /**
3637  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3638  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3639  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3640  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3641  *	disabled
3642  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3643  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3644  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3645  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3646  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3647  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3648  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3649  */
3650 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3651 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3652 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3653 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3654 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3655 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3656 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3657 
3658 	/* keep last */
3659 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3660 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3661 };
3662 
3663 enum nl80211_ac {
3664 	NL80211_AC_VO,
3665 	NL80211_AC_VI,
3666 	NL80211_AC_BE,
3667 	NL80211_AC_BK,
3668 	NL80211_NUM_ACS
3669 };
3670 
3671 /* backward compat */
3672 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3673 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
3674 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
3675 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
3676 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
3677 
3678 /**
3679  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3680  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3681  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3682  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3683  *	below the control channel
3684  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3685  *	above the control channel
3686  */
3687 enum nl80211_channel_type {
3688 	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3689 	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3690 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3691 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3692 };
3693 
3694 /**
3695  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3696  *
3697  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3698  * attribute.
3699  *
3700  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3701  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3702  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3703  *	attribute must be provided as well
3704  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3705  *	attribute must be provided as well
3706  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3707  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3708  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3709  *	attribute must be provided as well
3710  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3711  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
3712  */
3713 enum nl80211_chan_width {
3714 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3715 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3716 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3717 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3718 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3719 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
3720 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3721 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3722 };
3723 
3724 /**
3725  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3726  *
3727  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3728  *
3729  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3730  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3731  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3732  */
3733 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3734 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3735 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3736 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3737 };
3738 
3739 /**
3740  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3741  *
3742  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3743  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3744  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3745  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
3746  *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3747  *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3748  *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
3749  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3750  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3751  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3752  *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
3753  *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3754  *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3755  *	they are from a Beacon frame.
3756  *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3757  *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
3758  *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3759  *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
3760  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3761  *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3762  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3763  *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3764  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3765  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3766  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3767  *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3768  *	yet been received
3769  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3770  *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
3771  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3772  *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3773  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3774  *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
3775  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3776  *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3777  *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
3778  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3779  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3780  *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3781  *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3782  *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3783  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3784  *	is set.
3785  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
3786  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
3787  *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
3788  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3789  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3790  */
3791 enum nl80211_bss {
3792 	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3793 	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3794 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3795 	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3796 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3797 	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3798 	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3799 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3800 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3801 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3802 	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3803 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
3804 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
3805 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3806 	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
3807 	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
3808 	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
3809 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3810 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
3811 	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3812 
3813 	/* keep last */
3814 	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3815 	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3816 };
3817 
3818 /**
3819  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3820  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
3821  *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3822  *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3823  *	a given BSS.
3824  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3825  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3826  *
3827  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3828  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3829  */
3830 enum nl80211_bss_status {
3831 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3832 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3833 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3834 };
3835 
3836 /**
3837  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3838  *
3839  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3840  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3841  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3842  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
3843  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
3844  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3845  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3846  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
3847  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3848  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3849  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3850  *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3851  *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3852  */
3853 enum nl80211_auth_type {
3854 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3855 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3856 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3857 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
3858 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
3859 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3860 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3861 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
3862 
3863 	/* keep last */
3864 	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3865 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3866 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3867 };
3868 
3869 /**
3870  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3871  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3872  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3873  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3874  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3875  */
3876 enum nl80211_key_type {
3877 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3878 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3879 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3880 
3881 	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3882 };
3883 
3884 /**
3885  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3886  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3887  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3888  */
3889 enum nl80211_mfp {
3890 	NL80211_MFP_NO,
3891 	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3892 };
3893 
3894 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3895 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3896 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3897 };
3898 
3899 /**
3900  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3901  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3902  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3903  *	unicast key
3904  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3905  *	multicast key
3906  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3907  */
3908 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3909 	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3910 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3911 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3912 
3913 	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3914 };
3915 
3916 /**
3917  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3918  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3919  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3920  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3921  *	keys
3922  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3923  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3924  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3925  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3926  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3927  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3928  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3929  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3930  *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3931  *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
3932  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3933  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3934  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
3935  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3936  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3937  */
3938 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
3939 	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
3940 	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
3941 	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
3942 	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
3943 	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
3944 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
3945 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3946 	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
3947 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3948 
3949 	/* keep last */
3950 	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
3951 	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
3952 };
3953 
3954 /**
3955  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
3956  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
3957  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3958  *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
3959  *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
3960  *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
3961  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3962  *	in an array of MCS numbers.
3963  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
3964  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
3965  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
3966  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
3967  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
3968  */
3969 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
3970 	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
3971 	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
3972 	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
3973 	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
3974 	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
3975 
3976 	/* keep last */
3977 	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
3978 	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
3979 };
3980 
3981 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
3982 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
3983 
3984 /**
3985  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
3986  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
3987  */
3988 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
3989 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
3990 };
3991 
3992 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
3993 	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
3994 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
3995 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
3996 };
3997 
3998 /**
3999  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4000  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4001  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4002  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
4003  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4004  *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4005  */
4006 enum nl80211_band {
4007 	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4008 	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4009 	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4010 
4011 	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4012 };
4013 
4014 /**
4015  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4016  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4017  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4018  */
4019 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4020 	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4021 	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4022 };
4023 
4024 /**
4025  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4026  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4027  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4028  *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4029  *	to disable.
4030  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4031  *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4032  *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4033  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4034  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4035  *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4036  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4037  *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4038  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4039  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4040  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4041  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4042  *	checked.
4043  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4044  *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4045  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4046  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4047  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4048  *	loss event
4049  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4050  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4051  */
4052 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4053 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4054 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4055 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4056 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4057 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4058 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4059 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4060 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4061 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4062 
4063 	/* keep last */
4064 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4065 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4066 };
4067 
4068 /**
4069  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4070  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4071  *      configured threshold
4072  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4073  *      configured threshold
4074  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4075  */
4076 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4077 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4078 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4079 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4080 };
4081 
4082 
4083 /**
4084  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4085  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4086  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4087  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4088  */
4089 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4090 	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4091 	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4092 	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4093 };
4094 
4095 /**
4096  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4097  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4098  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4099  *	a zero bit are ignored
4100  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4101  *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4102  *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4103  *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4104  *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4105  *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4106  *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4107  *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4108  *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4109  *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4110  *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4111  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4112  *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4113  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4114  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4115  */
4116 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4117 	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4118 	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4119 	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4120 	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4121 
4122 	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4123 	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4124 };
4125 
4126 /**
4127  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4128  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4129  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4130  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4131  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4132  *
4133  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4134  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4135  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4136  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4137  * by the kernel to userspace.
4138  */
4139 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4140 	__u32 max_patterns;
4141 	__u32 min_pattern_len;
4142 	__u32 max_pattern_len;
4143 	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
4144 } __attribute__((packed));
4145 
4146 /* only for backward compatibility */
4147 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4148 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4149 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4150 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4151 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4152 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4153 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4154 
4155 /**
4156  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4157  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4158  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4159  *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4160  *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
4161  *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4162  *	any others are even supported by the device.
4163  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4164  *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4165  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4166  *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4167  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4168  *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4169  *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4170  *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4171  *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4172  *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4173  *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4174  *
4175  *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4176  *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4177  *
4178  *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4179  *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4180  *	to the kernel when configuring.
4181  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4182  *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4183  *	by the device (flag)
4184  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4185  *	done by the device) (flag)
4186  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4187  *	packet (flag)
4188  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4189  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4190  *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4191  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4192  *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4193  *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4194  *	attribute contains the original length.
4195  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4196  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4197  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4198  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4199  *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4200  *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4201  *	contains the original length.
4202  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4203  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4204  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4205  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4206  *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4207  *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4208  *	the TCP connection.
4209  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4210  *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4211  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4212  *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4213  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4214  *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4215  *	service
4216  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4217  *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
4218  *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
4219  *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4220  *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4221  *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
4222  *	attribute is also sent in a response to
4223  *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4224  *	supported by the driver (u32).
4225  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4226  *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
4227  *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
4228  *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
4229  *	element is present, it means that more than one match
4230  *	occurred.
4231  *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4232  *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4233  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
4234  *	these attributes must be present.  If
4235  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4236  *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4237  *	channel.
4238  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4239  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4240  *
4241  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4242  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4243  */
4244 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4245 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4246 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4247 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4248 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4249 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4250 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4251 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4252 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4253 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4254 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4255 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4256 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4257 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4258 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4259 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4260 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4261 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4262 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4263 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4264 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4265 
4266 	/* keep last */
4267 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4268 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4269 };
4270 
4271 /**
4272  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4273  *
4274  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4275  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4276  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4277  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4278  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4279  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4280  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4281  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4282  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4283  *
4284  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4285  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4286  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4287  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4288  * also woken up.
4289  *
4290  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4291  * response packets might not go through correctly.
4292  */
4293 
4294 /**
4295  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4296  * @start: starting value
4297  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4298  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4299  *
4300  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4301  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4302  * in little endian.
4303  */
4304 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4305 	__u32 start, offset, len;
4306 };
4307 
4308 /**
4309  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4310  * @offset: offset of token in packet
4311  * @len: length of each token
4312  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4313  *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4314  */
4315 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4316 	__u32 offset, len;
4317 	__u8 token_stream[];
4318 };
4319 
4320 /**
4321  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4322  * @min_len: minimum token length
4323  * @max_len: maximum token length
4324  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4325  */
4326 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4327 	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4328 };
4329 
4330 /**
4331  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4332  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4333  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4334  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4335  *	(in network byte order)
4336  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4337  *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4338  *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4339  *	might require ARP querying.
4340  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4341  *	socket and port will be allocated
4342  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4343  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4344  *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4345  *	of the data payload.
4346  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4347  *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4348  *	advertising it is just a flag
4349  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4350  *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4351  *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4352  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4353  *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
4354  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4355  *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4356  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4357  *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4358  *	but on the TCP payload only.
4359  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4360  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4361  */
4362 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4363 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4364 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4365 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4366 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4367 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4368 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4369 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4370 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4371 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4372 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4373 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4374 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4375 
4376 	/* keep last */
4377 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4378 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4379 };
4380 
4381 /**
4382  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4383  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4384  * @pat: packet pattern support information
4385  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4386  *
4387  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4388  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4389  */
4390 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4391 	__u32 max_rules;
4392 	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4393 	__u32 max_delay;
4394 } __attribute__((packed));
4395 
4396 /**
4397  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4398  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4399  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4400  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4401  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4402  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4403  *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4404  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4405  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4406  */
4407 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4408 	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4409 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4410 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4411 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4412 
4413 	/* keep last */
4414 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4415 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4416 };
4417 
4418 /**
4419  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4420  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4421  *	in a rule are matched.
4422  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4423  *	in a rule are not matched.
4424  */
4425 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4426 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4427 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4428 };
4429 
4430 /**
4431  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4432  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4433  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4434  *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4435  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4436  *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4437  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4438  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4439  */
4440 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4441 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4442 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4443 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4444 
4445 	/* keep last */
4446 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4447 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4448 };
4449 
4450 /**
4451  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4452  *
4453  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4454  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4455  *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4456  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4457  *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4458  *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4459  *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4460  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4461  *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4462  *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4463  *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4464  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4465  *	different channels may be used within this group.
4466  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4467  *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4468  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4469  *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4470  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4471  *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4472  *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4473  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4474  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4475  *
4476  * Examples:
4477  *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4478  *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4479  *
4480  *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4481  *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4482  *
4483  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4484  *	=> allows two STAs on different channels
4485  *
4486  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4487  *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4488  *
4489  * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4490  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4491  * that any of these groups must match.
4492  *
4493  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4494  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4495  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4496  * interface type, the following group always exists:
4497  *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4498  */
4499 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4500 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4501 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4502 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4503 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4504 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4505 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4506 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4507 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4508 
4509 	/* keep last */
4510 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4511 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4512 };
4513 
4514 
4515 /**
4516  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4517  *
4518  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4519  *	state of non existant mesh peer links
4520  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4521  *	this mesh peer
4522  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4523  *	from this mesh peer
4524  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4525  *	received from this mesh peer
4526  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4527  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4528  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4529  *	plink are discarded
4530  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4531  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4532  */
4533 enum nl80211_plink_state {
4534 	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4535 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4536 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4537 	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4538 	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4539 	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4540 	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4541 
4542 	/* keep last */
4543 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4544 	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4545 };
4546 
4547 /**
4548  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4549  *
4550  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4551  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4552  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4553  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4554  */
4555 enum plink_actions {
4556 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4557 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4558 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4559 
4560 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4561 };
4562 
4563 
4564 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
4565 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
4566 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
4567 
4568 /**
4569  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4570  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4571  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4572  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4573  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4574  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4575  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4576  */
4577 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4578 	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4579 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4580 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4581 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4582 
4583 	/* keep last */
4584 	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4585 	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4586 };
4587 
4588 /**
4589  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4590  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4591  *	Beacon frames)
4592  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4593  *	in Beacon frames
4594  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4595  *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4596  */
4597 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4598 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4599 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4600 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4601 };
4602 
4603 /**
4604  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4605  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4606  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4607  *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4608  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4609  *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4610  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4611  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4612  */
4613 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4614 	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4615 	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4616 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4617 
4618 	/* keep last */
4619 	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4620 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4621 };
4622 
4623 /**
4624  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4625  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4626  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4627  *	priority)
4628  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4629  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4630  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4631  *	(internal)
4632  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4633  *	(internal)
4634  */
4635 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4636 	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4637 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4638 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4639 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4640 
4641 	/* keep last */
4642 	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4643 	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4644 };
4645 
4646 /**
4647  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4648  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4649  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4650  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4651  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4652  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4653  */
4654 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4655 	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4656 	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4657 	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4658 	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4659 	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4660 };
4661 
4662 /*
4663  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4664  * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4665  * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4666 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4667 };
4668  */
4669 
4670 /**
4671  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4672  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4673  *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4674  *	socket option.
4675  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4676  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4677  *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4678  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4679  *	to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4680  *	cellular base stations.
4681  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4682  *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
4683  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4684  *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4685  *	mode
4686  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4687  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4688  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4689  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4690  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4691  *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4692  *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4693  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4694  *	setting
4695  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4696  *	powersave
4697  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4698  *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4699  *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4700  *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4701  *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4702  *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4703  *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4704  *	states using station flags.
4705  *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4706  *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4707  *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4708  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4709  *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4710  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4711  *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4712  *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4713  *	still generated by the driver.
4714  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4715  *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4716  *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4717  *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
4718  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4719  *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4720  *	lifetime of a BSS.
4721  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4722  *	Set IE to probe requests.
4723  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4724  *	to probe requests.
4725  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4726  *	requests sent to it by an AP.
4727  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4728  *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4729  *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4730  *	Measurement Report action frame.
4731  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4732  *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4733  *	to enable dynack.
4734  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4735  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4736  *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4737  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4738  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4739  *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4740  *	rts/cts handshake.
4741  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4742  *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4743  *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4744  *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4745  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4746  *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4747  *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4748  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4749  *	operating as a TDLS peer.
4750  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4751  *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4752  *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4753  *	address mask/value will be used.
4754  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4755  *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4756  *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4757  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4758  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4759  *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4760  *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4761  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4762  */
4763 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
4764 	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
4765 	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
4766 	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
4767 	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
4768 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
4769 	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
4770 	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
4771 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
4772 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
4773 	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
4774 	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
4775 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
4776 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
4777 	/* bit 13 is reserved */
4778 	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
4779 	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
4780 	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
4781 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
4782 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
4783 	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
4784 	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
4785 	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
4786 	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
4787 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
4788 	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
4789 	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
4790 	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
4791 	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
4792 	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
4793 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
4794 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
4795 	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 31,
4796 };
4797 
4798 /**
4799  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4800  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
4801  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4802  *	can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4803  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4804  *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4805  *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
4806  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4807  *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4808  *	certain groups which can be configured by the
4809  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4810  *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4811  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4812  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4813  *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4814  *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4815  *	(if available).
4816  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4817  *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4818  *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4819  *	(if available).
4820  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4821  *	channel dwell time.
4822  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4823  *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4824  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4825  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4826  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4827  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
4828  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4829  *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
4830  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
4831  *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
4832  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
4833  *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
4834  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
4835  *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
4836  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
4837  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
4838  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
4839  *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
4840  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
4841  *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
4842  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
4843  *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
4844  *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
4845  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
4846  *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
4847  *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
4848  *	be supported.
4849  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
4850  *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
4851  *	actual dwell time.
4852  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
4853  *	response
4854  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
4855  *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
4856  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
4857  *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
4858  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
4859  *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
4860  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
4861  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
4862  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
4863  *
4864  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4865  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4866  */
4867 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4868 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
4869 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
4870 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4871 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
4872 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4873 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
4874 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
4875 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
4876 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
4877 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
4878 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
4879 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
4880 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4881 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
4882 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
4883 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
4884 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
4885 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
4886 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
4887 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
4888 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
4889 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4890 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
4891 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
4892 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
4893 
4894 	/* add new features before the definition below */
4895 	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4896 	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
4897 };
4898 
4899 /**
4900  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4901  *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4902  *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4903  *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4904  *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4905  *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4906  *	to the host.
4907  *
4908  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4909  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4910  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4911  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4912  */
4913 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4914 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
4915 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
4916 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
4917 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
4918 };
4919 
4920 /**
4921  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4922  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4923  *	handled by the AP is reached.
4924  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
4925  */
4926 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4927 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4928 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4929 };
4930 
4931 /**
4932  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
4933  *
4934  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
4935  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
4936  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
4937  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
4938  */
4939 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
4940 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
4941 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
4942 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
4943 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
4944 };
4945 
4946 /**
4947  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
4948  *
4949  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4950  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4951  * requests.
4952  *
4953  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
4954  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
4955  * one of them can be used in the request.
4956  *
4957  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
4958  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
4959  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
4960  *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
4961  *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
4962  *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
4963  *	when really needed
4964  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
4965  *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
4966  *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
4967  *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
4968  *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
4969  *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
4970  *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
4971  *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
4972  *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
4973  *	SSID and/or RSSI.
4974  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
4975  *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
4976  *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
4977  *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
4978  *	impacted with this flag.
4979  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
4980  *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
4981  *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
4982  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
4983  *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
4984  *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
4985  *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
4986  *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
4987  */
4988 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
4989 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY			= 1<<0,
4990 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH				= 1<<1,
4991 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP				= 1<<2,
4992 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR			= 1<<3,
4993 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN			= 1<<8,
4994 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER			= 1<<9,
4995 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY			= 1<<10,
4996 };
4997 
4998 /**
4999  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5000  *
5001  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5002  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5003  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5004  *
5005  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5006  *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5007  *	in ACL to authenticate.
5008  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5009  *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5010  */
5011 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5012 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5013 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5014 };
5015 
5016 /**
5017  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5018  *
5019  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5020  *
5021  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5022  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5023  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5024  *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5025  */
5026 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5027 	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5028 	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5029 	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5030 
5031 	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5032 	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5033 };
5034 
5035 /**
5036  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5037  *
5038  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5039  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5040  *
5041  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5042  *	now unusable.
5043  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5044  *	the channel is now available.
5045  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5046  *	change to the channel status.
5047  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5048  *	over, channel becomes usable.
5049  */
5050 enum nl80211_radar_event {
5051 	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5052 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5053 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5054 	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5055 };
5056 
5057 /**
5058  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5059  *
5060  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5061  *
5062  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5063  *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5064  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5065  *	is therefore marked as not available.
5066  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5067  */
5068 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5069 	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5070 	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5071 	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5072 };
5073 
5074 /**
5075  * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5076  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5077  *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5078  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5079  *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5080  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5081  */
5082 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5083 	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
5084 };
5085 
5086 /**
5087  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5088  *
5089  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5090  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5091  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5092  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5093  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5094  */
5095 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5096 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5097 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5098 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5099 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5100 	/* add other protocols before this one */
5101 	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5102 };
5103 
5104 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5105 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
5106 
5107 /**
5108  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5109  *
5110  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5111  *
5112  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5113  */
5114 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5115 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5116 };
5117 
5118 /*
5119  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5120  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5121  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5122  */
5123 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
5124 
5125 /**
5126  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5127  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5128  *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5129  *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5130  *	added to this file when needed.
5131  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5132  */
5133 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5134 	__u32 vendor_id;
5135 	__u32 subcmd;
5136 };
5137 
5138 /**
5139  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5140  *
5141  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5142  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5143  *
5144  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5145  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5146  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5147  */
5148 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5149 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5150 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5151 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5152 };
5153 
5154 /**
5155  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5156  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5157  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5158  *	seconds (u32).
5159  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5160  *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5161  *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5162  *	make the scan plan meaningless.
5163  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5164  *	currently defined
5165  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5166  */
5167 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5168 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5169 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5170 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5171 
5172 	/* keep last */
5173 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5174 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5175 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5176 };
5177 
5178 /**
5179  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5180  *
5181  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment.
5182  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS.
5183  */
5184 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5185 	__u8 band;
5186 	__s8 delta;
5187 } __attribute__((packed));
5188 
5189 /**
5190  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5191  *
5192  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5193  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5194  *	is requested.
5195  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5196  *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5197  *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5198  *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5199  *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5200  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5201  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5202  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5203  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5204  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5205  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5206  *
5207  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5208  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5209  * which the driver shall use.
5210  */
5211 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5212 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5213 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5214 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5215 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5216 
5217 	/* keep last */
5218 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5219 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5220 };
5221 
5222 /**
5223  * enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf - NAN dual band configuration
5224  *
5225  * Defines the NAN dual band mode of operation
5226  *
5227  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT: device default mode
5228  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz mode
5229  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ: 5GHz mode
5230   */
5231 enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf {
5232 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT	= 1 << 0,
5233 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ		= 1 << 1,
5234 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ		= 1 << 2,
5235 };
5236 
5237 /**
5238  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5239  *
5240  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5241  *
5242  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5243  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5244  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5245  */
5246 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5247 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5248 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5249 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5250 
5251 	/* keep last */
5252 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5253 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5254 };
5255 
5256 /**
5257  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5258  *
5259  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5260  *
5261  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5262  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5263  */
5264 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5265 	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5266 	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5267 };
5268 
5269 /**
5270  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5271  *
5272  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5273  *
5274  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5275  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5276  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5277  */
5278 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5279 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5280 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5281 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5282 };
5283 
5284 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5285 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5286 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5287 
5288 /**
5289  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5290  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5291  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5292  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5293  *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5294  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5295  *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5296  *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5297  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5298  *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5299  *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5300  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5301  *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5302  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5303  *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5304  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5305  *	is follow up. This is a u8.
5306  *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5307  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5308  *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5309  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5310  *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5311  *	This is a flag.
5312  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5313  *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5314  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5315  *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5316  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5317  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5318  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5319  *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5320  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5321  *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5322  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5323  *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5324  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5325  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5326  *
5327  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5328  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5329  */
5330 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5331 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5332 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5333 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5334 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5335 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5336 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5337 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5338 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5339 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5340 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5341 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5342 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5343 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5344 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5345 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5346 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5347 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5348 
5349 	/* keep last */
5350 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5351 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5352 };
5353 
5354 /**
5355  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5356  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5357  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5358  *	This is a flag.
5359  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5360  *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5361  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5362  *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5363  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5364  *	and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5365  *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5366  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5367  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5368  */
5369 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5370 	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5371 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5372 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5373 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5374 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5375 
5376 	/* keep last */
5377 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5378 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5379 };
5380 
5381 /**
5382  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5383  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5384  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5385  *	match. This is a nested attribute.
5386  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5387  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5388  *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5389  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5390  *
5391  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5392  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5393  */
5394 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5395 	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5396 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5397 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5398 
5399 	/* keep last */
5400 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5401 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5402 };
5403 
5404 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
5405